Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 H&E
EQUIPMENT SERVICES, INC. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 

5.6250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025 

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
August 24, 2017 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

Trustee 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture
 Act
Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	   (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	   (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	   (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	   (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	   (b)
	  	7.10
	   (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	   (b)
	  	7.11
	   (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	   (b)
	  	12.03
	   (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	   (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	   (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	   (c)
	  	7.06; 12.02
	   (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;12.02; 12.05
	   (b)
	  	N.A.
	   (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	   (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	   (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	   (d)
	  	N.A.
	   (e)
	  	12.05
	   (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	   (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	   (c)
	  	7.01
	   (d)
	  	7.01
	   (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	   (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	   (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	   (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	   (b)
	  	6.07
	   (c)
	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	   (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	   (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	   (b)
	  	N.A.
	   (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I	 
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	 
			
	 Section 1.01
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02
	  	 Other Definitions
	  	 	31	 
	 Section 1.03
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	32	 
	 Section 1.04
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	32	 
	
	ARTICLE II	 
	THE NOTES	 
			
	 Section 2.01
	  	 Form and Dating
	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.02
	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.03
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	34	 
	 Section 2.04
	  	 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	34	 
	 Section 2.05
	  	 Holder Lists
	  	 	34	 
	 Section 2.06
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	35	 
	 Section 2.07
	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 2.08
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 2.09
	  	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 2.10
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 2.11
	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 2.12
	  	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 2.13
	  	 CUSIP Number
	  	 	51	 
	
	ARTICLE III	 
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	 
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 3.02
	  	 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 3.03
	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 3.04
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	53	 
	 Section 3.05
	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	53	 
	 Section 3.06
	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	54	 
	 Section 3.07
	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	54	 
	 Section 3.08
	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	55	 
	 Section 3.09
	  	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	  	 	55	 
	
	ARTICLE IV	 
	COVENANTS	 
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	57	 
	 Section 4.02
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	58	 

  
 -i- 

							
	 Section 4.03
	  	 Reports
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 4.04
	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 4.05
	  	 Taxes
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 4.06
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 4.07
	  	 Restricted Payments
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 4.08
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 4.09
	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	  	 	68	 
	 Section 4.10
	  	 Asset Sales
	  	 	73	 
	 Section 4.11
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	75	 
	 Section 4.12
	  	 Liens
	  	 	77	 
	 Section 4.13
	  	 Business Activities
	  	 	77	 
	 Section 4.14
	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	77	 
	 Section 4.15
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	78	 
	 Section 4.16
	  	 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 4.17
	  	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 4.18
	  	 Additional Note Guarantees
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 4.19
	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 4.20
	  	 Covenant Suspension
	  	 	81	 
	
	ARTICLE V	 
	SUCCESSORS	 
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
	  	 	82	 
	 Section 5.02
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	83	 
	
	ARTICLE VI	 
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 6.02
	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	86	 
	 Section 6.03
	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	86	 
	 Section 6.04
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 6.05
	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 6.06
	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 6.07
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 6.08
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 6.09
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 6.10
	  	 Priorities
	  	 	89	 
	 Section 6.11
	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	89	 
	
	ARTICLE VII	 
	TRUSTEE	 
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	89	 
	 Section 7.02
	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	90	 
	 Section 7.03
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	91	 
	 Section 7.04
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	92	 

  
 -ii- 

							
	 Section 7.05
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	92	 
	 Section 7.06
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	92	 
	 Section 7.07
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	92	 
	 Section 7.08
	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	93	 
	 Section 7.09
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 7.10
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 7.11
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	 	95	 
	
	ARTICLE VIII	 
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	 
			
	 Section 8.01
	  	 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 8.02
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 8.03
	  	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	96	 
	 Section 8.04
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	97	 
	 Section 8.05
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	98	 
	 Section 8.06
	  	 Repayment to Company
	  	 	98	 
	 Section 8.07
	  	 Reinstatement
	  	 	99	 
	
	ARTICLE IX	 
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	 
			
	 Section 9.01
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	99	 
	 Section 9.02
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	100	 
	 Section 9.03
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	102	 
	 Section 9.04
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	102	 
	 Section 9.05
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	102	 
	 Section 9.06
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
	  	 	102	 
	
	ARTICLE X	 
	NOTE GUARANTEES	 
			
	 Section 10.01
	  	 Guarantee
	  	 	102	 
	 Section 10.02
	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	104	 
	 Section 10.03
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	  	 	104	 
	 Section 10.04
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	  	 	105	 
	 Section 10.05
	  	 Releases
	  	 	106	 
	
	ARTICLE XI	 
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	 
			
	 Section 11.01
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	107	 
	Section 11.02	  	Application of Trust Money	  	108	 

  
 -iii- 

							
	ARTICLE XII	 
	MISCELLANEOUS	 
			
	 Section 12.01
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	108	 
	 Section 12.02
	  	 Notices
	  	 	108	 
	 Section 12.03
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	110	 
	 Section 12.04
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	110	 
	 Section 12.05
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	110	 
	 Section 12.06
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.07
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.08
	  	 Governing Law
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.09
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.10
	  	 Successors
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.11
	  	 Severability
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.12
	  	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.13
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.14
	  	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.15
	  	 Force Majeure
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.16
	  	 Electronic Delivery
	  	 	112	 

  
 -iv- 

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A
	  	 FORM OF NOTE

	 Exhibit B
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	 Exhibit C
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

	 Exhibit D
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING

		  	 INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

	 Exhibit E
	  	 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

	 Exhibit F
	  	 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  
 -v- 

 INDENTURE dated as of August 24, 2017 among H&E Equipment Services, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined below) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders (as defined below) of the 5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01    Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on
Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1)    Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or
became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 

(2)    Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under
this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and
“under common control with” have correlative meanings. 
 “Affiliate Agreements” means the
agreements, arrangements and understandings described in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” including the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, the

 
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement and the Amended and Restated Securities Holders Agreement, each dated as of February 3, 2006, in each case, as such agreements may be
amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
 “Applicable Premium”
means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1)    1.0% of the principal amount of such
Note; and 
 (2)    the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption
price of such Note at September 1, 2020 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(e)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through September 1, 2020 (excluding accrued but
unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any
Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1)    the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, other than sales of
inventory and equipment in the ordinary course of business; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be
governed by Section 4.15 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and 

(2)    the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of
the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 
 (1)    any single transaction or series of
related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $10.0 million; 

(2)    a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3)    an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

  
 -2- 

 (4)    the sale or lease of (x) obsolete or damaged
equipment or (y) other equipment, inventory or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business; 

(5)    the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(6)    the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or property or assets of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary; 
 (7)    a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted
Investment; 
 (8)    any exchange of property pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended, for use in a Permitted Business; 
 (9)    the licensing of intellectual property;

 (10)    the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (11)    the sale or disposition of any assets or property received as a result of
foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on any secured Investment or any other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

(12)    the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract,
tort or other claims of any kind, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13)    any
disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; and 

(14)    any disposition governed by and effected in compliance with Section 5.01. 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present
value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be
extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction
results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.” 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

  
 -3- 

 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right
is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 

“Board of Directors” means: 

(1)    with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof
duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2)    with respect to a partnership, the Board of
Directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3)    with respect to a limited liability
company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 

(4)    with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 “Borrowing Base” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of any date of
determination, an amount equal to the sum of, without duplication: 
 (1)    85% of the book value of
accounts receivable; plus 
 (2)    100% of new equipment inventory held for sale; plus 

(3)    the greater of (x) 100% of the net book value of rental fleet and (y) 85% of the orderly liquidation
value, as determined by a third-party appraiser, of rental fleet; plus 
 (4)    50% of the net book
value of inventory and tools; plus 
 (5)    50% of the net book value of eligible rolling stock; 

in each case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that the book
value or net book value, as the case may be, of each asset in the classes identified in clauses (1) through (5) above that is, as of the relevant date of determination, subject to a Lien that secures Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under
a Credit Facility) will be excluded from the calculation of the Borrowing Base. The Borrowing Base will be calculated based on the most recent internal financial statements (and, in the case of orderly liquidation value, the most recent third-party
appraisal) that are available as of the date of determination. 
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth
in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 -4- 

 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1)    in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2)    in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations,
rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3)    in the case of a
partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 

(4)    any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the
profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital
Stock. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1)    United States dollars; 

(2)    securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any
agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(3)    certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the
date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess
of $500.0 million; 
 (4)    repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

(5)    commercial paper having a rating of “P-2” (or
higher) from Moody’s or “A-3” (or higher) from S&P and, in each case, maturing within 24 months after the date of acquisition; 

  
 -5- 

 (6)    marketable short-term money market and similar
securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of
creation thereof; 
 (7)    readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or
territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized
ratings agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (8)    (a) euro, or
any national currency of any participating member of the EMU or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business; and 

(9)    investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds
described in clauses (1) through (8) of this definition. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall
include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (8) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (8) as promptly as practicable and in any event within
ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the
following: 
 (1)    the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other
than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principal or a Related Party of the Principal; 

(2)    the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or 

(3)    the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation),
the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than the Principal and its Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting
power rather than number of shares. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Company” means H&E Equipment Services, Inc., and any and all successors thereto. 

  
 -6- 

 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 

(1)    an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2)    provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(3)    the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that
such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4)    depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (including
non-cash impairment charges but excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or
amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash
expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5)    the amount of any
restructuring charge or reserve or integration cost, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with any acquisitions or divestitures consummated after the Issue Date; plus 

(6)    any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity
Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees,
expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the redemption of the Existing Notes and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income;
plus 
 (7)    any other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses
and charges of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; minus 

(8)    non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for
such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, 
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance
with GAAP. 

  
 -7- 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 

(1)    the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted
for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

(2)    the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by
operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; and 

(3)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded. 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” as of any date of determination, means the total amount of assets which would
appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities (excluding any indebtedness for money
borrowed having a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person but which by its terms is renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from such date at the option of such Person) and
(b) all goodwill, trade names, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and any other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and computed in accordance with GAAP. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means an office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall
be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 10161 Centurion Parkway North, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, by and
among the Company, Great Northern Equipment, Inc., and H&E Equipment Services (California), LLC, General Electric Capital Corporation, as agent for the lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as co-syndication
agent and documentation agent, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as co-syndication agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, and the lenders from time to time party
thereto, providing for revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments 

  
 -8- 

 and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, modified, restated, renewed,
increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time, including increases in
principal amount and extensions of term loans of other financings. 
 “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt
facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the
sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, that is designated from time to time by the Company as a “Credit Facility”
and as amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part
from time to time. The Credit Agreement hereby is designated by the Company as a Credit Facility. 
 “Custodian”
means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof
and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or
in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of
this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market
value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash
Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in
connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days 

  
 -9- 

 
after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have
the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the
maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United
States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 

“Equipment” means any equipment owned by or leased to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is revenue earning
equipment, or is classified as ‘‘revenue earning equipment’’ in the consolidated financial statements of the Company, including any such equipment consisting of (i) construction, industrial, commercial and office equipment,
(ii) earthmoving, material handling, compaction, aerial and electrical equipment, (iii) air compressors, pumps and small tools, and (iv) other personal property. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but
excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering”
means an offer and sale for cash of Capital Stock of the Company. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank,
S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes
issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 -10- 

 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date hereof, until such amounts are repaid. 

“Existing Notes” means $630 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 7% senior notes due 2022 issued
under an indenture dated as of August 20, 2012, among the Company, certain of the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. 

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in
a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated
Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or
otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and
on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at
the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 (1)    acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in
ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter
reference period; 
 (2)    the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

(3)    the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 

  
 -11- 

 (4)    any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the
Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; 

(5)    any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have
been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and 
 (6)    if any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging
Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months). 
 In
addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made (x) in accordance with Regulation
S-X under the Securities Act or (y) as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee
to be factually supportable and reasonably anticipated to be realizable within eighteen (18) months after the date of such transaction. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1)    the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
whether paid or accrued (and whether or not capitalized), including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of
any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter
of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus 

(2)    the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was
capitalized during such period; plus 
 (3)    any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person
that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4)    the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any
series of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable or accruing 

  
 -12- 

 
solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and
the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; 

but excluding, with respect to clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs,
commissions, fees and expenses and (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees. 
 “Foreign
Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Global Note Legend”
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted
Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in
the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof. 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of
America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
 “Guarantee” means a
guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to
maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); provided that Guarantee shall not include the pledge of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Guarantors” means each of: 

(1)    GNE Investments, Inc., a Washington corporation; 

  
 -13- 

 (2)    Great Northern Equipment Inc., a Montana corporation;

 (3)    H&E California Holding, Inc., a California corporation; 

(4)    H&E Equipment Services (California), LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; 

(5)    H&E Equipment Services (Mid-Atlantic), Inc., a Virginia
corporation; 
 (6)    H&E Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation; and 

(7)    any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions
of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1)    interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest
rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 
 (2)    other agreements or arrangements
designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and 
 (3)    other agreements or arrangements
designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices. 
 “Holder”
means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 
 “Immaterial
Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $1.0 million and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do
not exceed $5.0 million; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the
Company. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding
accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 
 (1)    in respect of borrowed money;

  
 -14- 

 (2)    evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar
instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (3)    in respect
of banker’s acceptances; 
 (4)    representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in
respect of sale and leaseback transactions; 
 (5)    representing (A) the balance deferred and
unpaid of the purchase price of any property (other than any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense, trade payable or Open Account Obligation) and (B) secured floor plan financing (but not Open Account Obligations), it being
understood that secured floor plan financing will be deemed to be Indebtedness solely for purposes of this Indenture and not for any other purpose; or 

(6)    representing any Hedging Obligations, 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the
specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the
specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person; provided that Indebtedness shall not include the pledge of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 (1)    the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount; and 
 (2)    the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the
Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means
this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who
holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the first
$750.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Initial
Purchaser” means Wells Fargo Securities LLC. 

  
 -15- 

 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is
an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 

“Investment Grade Ratings” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB
– (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investments” means,
with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel
and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified
as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving
effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s
Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an
Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount
determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value. 
 “Issue Date” means August 24, 2017, the date of the original issuance of the Notes under
this Indenture. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the
City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 “Letter of
Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or
give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

  
 -16- 

 “Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total
number of issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis on the date of the declaration of the relevant dividend multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such Capital
Stock on the principal securities exchange on which such common Capital Stock is traded for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (but not loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 

(1)    any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss),
realized in connection with: 
 (a)    any Asset Sale; or 

(b)    the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the
extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(2)    any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such
extraordinary gain (but not loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale),
net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales or brokerage commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or
payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness
under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1)    as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit
support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) (other than the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary pledged to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary), (b) is directly or
indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 

  
 -17- 

 (2)    no default with respect to which (including any rights
that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 

(3)    as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the
stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary pledged to secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary). 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture
and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to
it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the
Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain offering memorandum related to the offering of the Notes dated
August 17, 2017, pursuant to which the Notes were first offered to eligible purchasers in a private placement. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the
Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. 

“Open Account Obligations” means the deferred obligation to pay the purchase price for equipment purchased as
inventory held for sale or lease. 

  
 -18- 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that
meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with
the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Business” means the equipment sale, rental and leasing business, the fleet management business and any
business that is complementary, incidental, ancillary or related thereto (including, without limitation, the repair and maintenance of equipment and the other businesses engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date). 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1)    any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2)    any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(3)    any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a
result of such Investment: 
 (a)    such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(b)    such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys
substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(4)    any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash
consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 

(5)    any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (6)    any Investments received in compromise or
resolution of: 
 (a)    obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary
course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or 

(b)    litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates; 

  
 -19- 

 (7)    Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 

(8)    loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

(9)    repurchases of the Notes (including the Note Guarantees); 

(10)    any Investment in existence, or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence,
on the date of this Indenture or any Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the date hereof (excluding any such extension, modification or renewal involving additional advances,
contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof unless it is a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or
payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms, as of the date hereof, of the original Investment so extended, modified or renewed); 

(11)    guarantees of indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under
Section 4.09 and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12)    any
Investment made in connection with purchase price adjustments, contingent purchase price payments or other earn-out obligations paid in connection with any Investment otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 (13)    (i) Investments in a Securitization Subsidiary or Receivables Facility or any Investment by a
Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a
securitization repurchase obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; 

(14)    Investments consisting of (i) purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and
equipment or licenses, (ii) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties, (iii) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business related travel expenses, moving expenses and other
similar expenses or (iv) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Issuer or the Restricted
Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in accordance with this Indenture; 

(15)    any Investment to the extent that the consideration therefor is Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company and only to the extent that the Cumulative Credit is not increased thereby; and 

  
 -20- 

 (16)    other Investments in any Person having an aggregate
Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at the time outstanding
not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time thereof. 
 “Permitted
Liens” means: 
 (1)    Liens on assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing
Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that was incurred pursuant to clause (1) or clause (19) of the definition of Permitted Debt and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto; 

(2)    Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3)    Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or
consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or
consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary; 
 (4)    Liens on property (including Capital Stock)
existing at the time of acquisition of the property, or the acquisition of the Person owning such property, by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, Liens securing Acquired Debt); provided that such
Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those subject to such acquisition; 

(5)    Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds
or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6)    purchase
money security interests (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) and other Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) hereof covering only the
property, plant or equipment (including, without limitation, rental equipment purchased as inventory held for sale or lease) purchased in accordance with such clause (3) and the proceeds thereof (or in the case of Capital Lease Obligations,
acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness); 
 (7)    Liens in existence, or made pursuant to
legally binding written commitments in existence, on the Issue Date; 
 (8)    Liens for taxes,
assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

  
 -21- 

 (9)    Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’,
warehousemen’s, landlord’s, mechanics’ Liens and other like Liens, and customary Liens retained by or granted to carriers, landlords and mechanics under the terms of agreements pursuant to which services are rendered or property is
leased by such Persons to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(10)    leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (11)    survey exceptions, easements or
reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other
restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the
business of such Person; 
 (12)    Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the
Note Guarantees); 
 (13)    Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that: 
 (a)    the new Lien shall be
limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or
distributions thereof); and 
 (b)    the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any
amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such
renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 
 (14)    Liens securing
reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 

(15)    Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory,
contractual or warranty requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off; 

(16)    Liens arising from precautionary filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding
leases; 
 (17)    Liens in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering
deposits (including, without limitation, rights of set-off and credit balances) with respect to deposit accounts (as defined under the Uniform Commercial Code) that are within the general parameters customary
to the banking industry; 

  
 -22- 

 (18)    judgment Liens incurred as a result of a judgment by
court of competent jurisdiction that does not otherwise give rise to an Event of Default under this Indenture, so long as (x) such Liens are adequately bonded and (y) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for
the appeal or review of such judgment shall not have been terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 

(19)    Liens securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (13) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that such Liens extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries; 

(20)    Liens on Equity Interests deemed to exist in connection with any options, put and call agreements,
rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in Persons that are not Subsidiaries under this Indenture; 

(21)    Liens on property or assets securing Indebtedness used to defease or to satisfy and discharge the
Notes in their entirety; provided that the incurrence of such Indebtedness and such defeasance and satisfaction and discharge are not prohibited by this Indenture; 

(22)    deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability insurance carriers and Liens
on insurance proceeds or unearned premiums incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the financing of insurance premiums; 

(23)    pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is a party; 

(24)    Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
with respect to obligations that do not exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

(25)    Liens on (i) the Securitization Assets arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization
Financing or (ii) the Receivables Assets arising in connection with a Receivables Facility; 

(26)    Liens on and pledges of the assets or Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary securing any
Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (27)    [reserved]; 

  
 -23- 

 (28)    Liens relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to
permit satisfaction of overdraft, cash pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(29)    Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or
developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets; 

(30)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the
sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (31)    Liens incurred by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that at the time any such Lien is incurred, the obligations secured by such Lien, when added to all other obligations secured by Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (31), shall not exceed the greater
of $50.0 million and 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 
 (1)    the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or
discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith); 

(2)    such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date
of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; 

(3)    if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged
is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 

(4)    such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the
obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged. 

  
 -24- 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

“Principal” means Mr. John M. Engquist. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all
Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Qualified
Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the board of directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified
Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization
Assets and related assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants,
termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement prior to engaging in any securitization financing shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Rating Agencies” means (i) each of Moody’s and S&P, and (ii) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to
rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15cs-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act
selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables
Assets” means (a) any accounts receivable owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and
contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by the Company to a commercial bank or an Affiliate thereof in connection with a
Receivables Facility. 
 “Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
and a commercial bank or an Affiliate thereof pursuant to which (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) to such commercial bank (or such Affiliate) accounts receivable owing by customers,
together with Receivables 

  
 -25- 

 
Assets related thereto, at a maximum discount, for each such account receivable, not to exceed 5.0% of the face value thereof, (b) the obligations of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination
events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2017,
among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights
agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register
such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for substantially identical notes which are registered, under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global
Note Legend, Private Placement Legend and Regulation S Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in
reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Regulation S Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g)(3) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Regulation S Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 

“Related Party” means: 

(1)    any controlling stockholder, general partner or managing member of the Principal, any majority owned
Subsidiary of the Principal, or any immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of the Principal; or 

(2)    any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries,
stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority interest of which consist of the Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 

“Replacement Assets” means, on any date, property or assets (other than current assets that are not purchased accounts
receivable) of a nature or type or that are used in a Permitted Business (or an Investment in a Permitted Business), which shall include the controlling or majority equity interest in any Person engaged in a Permitted Business. 

  
 -26- 

 “Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the
Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, senior associate, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions
similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall
have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a
Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing
the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment. 
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution
compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any direct or indirect
Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 “Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Secured Indebtedness
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (minus the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of
the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption,
retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries 

  
 -27- 

 
for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Secured
Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Cash Flow” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “Consolidated Cash Flow” as provided for in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”. 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Securitization Asset” means any accounts receivable, Vehicles, Equipment or related assets, in each
case, subject to a Securitization Facility. 
 “Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization
financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells Securitization Assets to either (a) Person that is not
a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified
Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense,
dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 

“Securitization Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely
engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto. 
 “Shelf
Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in
Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a securitization financing, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood
that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 

  
 -28- 

 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase
any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1)    any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively
transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other
Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2)    any partnership (a) the sole
general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 

“Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Indebtedness of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (minus the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most
recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement and extinguishment
of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial
statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Total Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Cash Flow” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “Consolidated Cash Flow” as provided for in the definition of
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any date of determination, the weekly
average rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percentage point (for the most recently completed week for which such information is available as of the date that is two Business Days prior to the redemption date) of the yield to maturity at the time of
computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 as of the applicable day during such week (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to September 1, 2020; provided, however, that if the period 

  
 -29- 

 
from the redemption date to September 1, 2020, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which such yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by
linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the
redemption date to September 1, 2020, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. In each case, the Company or its agent shall
obtain the Treasury Rate. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until
a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not
required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (and
any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1)    has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2)    except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those
that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3)    is a
Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial
condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
 (4)    has
not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than through the pledge of Equity Interests in such Unrestricted Subsidiary). 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Vehicles” means vehicles owned or operated by, or leased or rented to or by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
including automobiles, trucks, tractors, trailers, vans, sport utility vehicles, buses, campers, motor homes, motorcycles and other motor vehicles. 

  
 -30- 

 “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the
Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years
obtained by dividing: 
 (1)    the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of
each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 

(2)    the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

Section 1.02    Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.11
	“Asset Sale Offer”	  	3.09
	“Authentication Order”	  	2.02
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.15
	“Change of Control Payment”	  	4.15
	“Change of Control Payment Date”	  	4.15
	“Covenant Defeasance”	  	8.03
	“Covenant Suspension Event”	  	4.20
	“Cumulative Credit”	  	4.07
	“DTC”	  	2.03
	“Event of Default”	  	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	4.10
	“incur”	  	4.09
	“Legal Defeasance”	  	8.02
	“Offer Amount”	  	3.09
	“Offer Period”	  	3.09
	“Paying Agent”	  	2.03
	“Permitted Debt”	  	4.09
	“Payment Default”	  	6.01
	“Purchase Date”	  	3.09
	“Registrar”	  	2.03
	“Restricted Payments”	  	4.07
	“Reversion Date”	  	4.20
	“Suspended Covenants”	  	4.20
	“Suspension Period”	  	4.20

  
 -31- 

 Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture
Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and
any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by
the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04    Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(A)    a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(B)    an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 (C)    “or” is not exclusive; 

(D)    words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(E)    “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(F)    provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(G)    references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute,
replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01    Form and Dating. 

(a)    General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 thereof. 

  
 -32- 

 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a
part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(b)    Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including
the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend
thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges
and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

(c)    Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the
Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence
that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by at
least one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for any original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at
any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 

  
 -33- 

 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.
An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal
with Holders or the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent.

 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. 

The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.
The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or
any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee, and
the Trustee hereby agrees, to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 

Section 2.04    Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While
any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the
Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money
held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05    Holder Lists. 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise 

  
 -34- 

 
comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 

Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange. 

(a)    Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All
Global Notes will be exchangeable for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1)    the Company delivers to the Trustee
notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within
120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
 (2)    the Company in its sole discretion
determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 

(3)    there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the
Depositary shall instruct the Trustee, and upon the occurrence of the preceding events in (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in exchange for beneficial interests in a Global Note upon request therefor by the Depositary acting upon
instruction of the holder of such beneficial interest in such Global Note. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or
in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 

(b)    Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer
comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial 

  
 -35- 

 
interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as
applicable: 
 (1)    Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial
interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement
Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than
the Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be
required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 

(2)    All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with
all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A)    both: 

(i)    a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii)    instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding
the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B)    both: 

(i)    a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii)    instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person
in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 
 Upon consummation of an Exchange
Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon 

  
 -36- 

 
receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all
of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global
Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (3)    Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another
Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A)    if the
transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B)    if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C)    if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an IAI Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more IAI Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this
subparagraph. 
 (4)    Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 

(A)    such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a
Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

  
 -37- 

 (B)    such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C)    such transfer is
effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D)    the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(ii)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures
so require, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c)    Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for
Definitive Notes. 
 (1)    Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If
any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person 

  
 -38- 

 
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance
on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F)    if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee
shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the
instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in
such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall
be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

  
 -39- 

 (2)    Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A)    such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to
the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it
is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B)    such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C)    such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D)    the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion
of Counsel to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. 
 (3)    Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive
Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and
the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to
this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in 

  
 -40- 

 such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest
requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a
Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A)    if
the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 (B)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a
Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in
reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F)    if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

  
 -41- 

 
the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted
Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 

If any transfer to an IAI Global Note is effected at a time when an IAI Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more IAI Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Note
transferred pursuant to this subparagraph. 
 (2)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A)    such exchange or transfer is
effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not
(i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B)    such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C)    such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D)    the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in
the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(ii)    if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 -42- 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2),
the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global
Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B),
(2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes
and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or
surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note
may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A)    if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B)    if the
transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C)    if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

  
 -43- 

 (2)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A)    such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in
the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B)    any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C)    any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D)    Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(ii)    if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such exchange
or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted
Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 

  
 -44- 

 (f)    Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 

(1)    one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount
of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in
a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 

(2)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the
Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange
Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 
 Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the
Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive
Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (g)    Legends. The
following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(1)    Private Placement Legend. 

(A)    Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and
all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE
REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE
HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE 

  
 -45- 

 
“RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES, AND 40 DAYS IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES, AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF
AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE
THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO
OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE
TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE
REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 

(B)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs
(b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 -46- 

 (2)    Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR
ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE
INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND
(4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT
IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK,
NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (3)    Regulation S
Legend. Each Regulation S Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:
BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.” 

  
 -47- 

 (h)    Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as
all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and
canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at
the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global
Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(i)    General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1)    To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate
Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2)    No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive
Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 

(3)    The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4)    All Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global
Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5)    Neither the Registrar
nor the Company will be required: 
 (A)    to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any
Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

  
 -48- 

 (B)    to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 

(C)    to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding
interest payment date. 
 (6)    Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee,
any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of
the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7)    The Trustee will
authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

(8)    All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

Section 2.07    Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or either the Company or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an
indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note issued in accordance with
this Section 2.07 is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a)
hereof. 

  
 -49- 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless
the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser for value. 
 If the principal amount
of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the
Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no
longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09    Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by
the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 

Section 2.10    Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders
of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11    Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of canceled Notes in
its customary manner. Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon its request therefor. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation. 

  
 -50- 

 Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company)
will send to Holders a notice (such notice to be prepared by the Company) that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

Section 2.13    CUSIP Number. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use
“CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the
Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 
 ARTICLE III 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the
Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 

(1)    the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2)    the redemption date; 

(3)    the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4)    the redemption price. 

  
 -51- 

 Section 3.02    Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, Notes for redemption or purchase shall
be selected on a pro rata basis or by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate (or, in the case of Global Notes, beneficial interests in such Notes may be selected for redemption by the applicable clearing system in accordance
with customary procedures). 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be
selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected
for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to
be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in the amount of $2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions
of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

The Company and the Guarantors may acquire Notes and Note Guarantees by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer,
open market purchase, negotiated transaction or otherwise, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will
send a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of
the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or XI hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to
be redeemed and will state: 
 (1)    the redemption date; 

(2)    the redemption price; 

(3)    if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be
redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder of Notes upon cancellation of the original Note; 

  
 -52- 

 (4)    the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption
price; 
 (6)    that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7)    the paragraph of the
Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 

(8)    that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed
in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting
forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

Section 3.04     Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable
on the redemption date at the redemption price. 
 Notices of any redemption of the Notes may be subject to the satisfaction of one or more
conditions precedent established by the Company, in its sole discretion. If applicable, such notice shall state that, at the discretion of the Company, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be
satisfied (or waived). In addition, the Company may provide in any such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of its obligations with respect to such redemption may not be performed by another Person. 

Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient
to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed or
purchased. 

  
 -53- 

 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for
redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the
Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07    Optional Redemption. 

(a)    At any time prior to September 1, 2020, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 105.6250% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the redemption date, with
the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company; provided that: 
 (1)    at
least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2)    the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of Equity Offering. 

(b)    Any redemption or notice of any redemption with the proceeds of an Equity Offering pursuant to the prior paragraph
may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of such Equity Offering and may be given prior to the completion thereof. 

(c)     At any time prior to September 1, 2020, the Company may redeem all or a part of the notes upon notice as
described in Section 3.03 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of
redemption, subject to the rights of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

  
 -54- 

 (d)    Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be
redeemable at the Company’s option prior to September 1, 2020. 
 (e)    On or after September 1, 2020,
the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date
to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2020
	  	 	104.2188	% 
	 2021
	  	 	102.8125	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.4063	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption on and after the applicable redemption date. 
 (f)    Any redemption pursuant
to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09    Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an
“Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all
Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset
Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer
Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount“) to the purchase
of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on 

  
 -55- 

 
a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes
so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date
and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company will deliver a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice,
which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (1)    that the Asset Sale Offer is
being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 

(2)    the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3)    that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(4)    that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date; 
 (5)    that Holders
electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 

(6)    that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to
surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the
address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7)    that Holders will
be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8)    that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness
surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 thereof, will be purchased); and 

  
 -56- 

 (9)    that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part
will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been properly tendered and not withdrawn, all Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the
terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each Holder of the Notes properly tendered and
not withdrawn an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order from the
Company, will authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly delivered by
the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
 Other
than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 

Section 4.01    Payment of Notes. 

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the
dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Additional Interest, if
any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Company will pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including

  
 -57- 

 
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to
the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or
fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03 hereof. 
 Section 4.03    Reports. 

(a)    Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company
will furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1)    all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and 

(2)    all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 All such reports will be prepared in all
material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports based on the Company’s status as an “accelerated filer” or “large accelerated filer” (each as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) or as a “non-accelerated filer” (as used in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), as the case may
be, under the SEC’s rules and regulations. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent
accountants. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in 

  
 -58- 

 
clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such
a filing) and will post the reports on its website as soon as practicable thereafter. The Company will comply with TIA § 314(a) whether or not this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA. 

If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will
nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in this Section 4.03(a) with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the
SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in this Section 4.03(a) on its website within the time
periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 
 (b)    If the Company has
designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or
in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the
financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 (c)    For so long as
any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders of Notes and to
securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a
Guarantor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such direct or indirect parent; provided that
the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company, the Guarantors and the other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 

(e)    Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the
Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which
the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

  
 -59- 

 Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate. 

(a)    The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the
Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge
the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or
Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no
event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b)    So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied
by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their
attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article IV or Article V hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such
accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 

(c)    So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05    Taxes. 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or
in any manner whatsoever claim 

  
 -60- 

 
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture;
and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07    Restricted Payments. 

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1)    declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or
indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company); 

(2)    purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3)    make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except
a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or in anticipation of the Stated Maturity thereof when due within one year of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or 

(4)    make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses
(1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (1)    no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as
a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (2)    the Company would, at the time of such Restricted
Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 

  
 -61- 

 (3)    such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate
amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2) through (17) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07),
is less than the sum, without duplication (the “Cumulative Credit”), of: 

(A)    50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period)
from January 1, 2017 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, less 100% of such deficit); 
 (B)    100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair
Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or from the issue or sale of
convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities)
sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 
 (C)    100% of the Fair Market Value as of the date
of issuance of any shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company issued as consideration for the purchase by the Company or any Guarantor of all or substantially all of the assets of, or all of the Capital Stock of, any
Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) engaged in a Permitted Business primarily in the United States (including without limitation by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this
Indenture); provided that, in the case of a purchase of all of the Capital Stock of such Person, such Person (x) is merged with or into the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof or (y) becomes a Guarantor in accordance
with Section 4.18 hereof; plus 
 (D)    to the extent that any Restricted Investment made by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person after the date of this Indenture is subsequently sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash (including, without limitation, by repurchase, repayment or redemption of such
Restricted Investment by such Person), the cash return of capital (excluding dividends and distributions) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any);
plus 
 (E)    if any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company (i) is redesignated as a
Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in 

  
 -62- 

 
such redesignated Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) pays any cash dividends or cash distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, 100% of any such
cash dividends or cash distributions made after the date of this Indenture. 
 (b)    The provisions of
Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 
 (1)    the payment of any dividend or distribution or
the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend, distribution
or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2)    so long as no
Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or within 60 days out of the net cash proceeds of the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of
the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or within 60 days from the contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be
excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 
 (3)    the repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee, including premium, if any, and accrued
interest, within 60 days with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(4)    the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any
similar distribution) or the making of any loan or advance by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

(5)    so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase,
redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees, heirs or estates of such current or former officer, director, employee or consultant) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar
agreement, plan or arrangement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed (a) $15.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar
year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to clause (b)) of $25.0 million in any calendar year), plus (b) the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries from any issuance or reissuance of Equity Interests to directors, 

  
 -63- 

 
officers, employees and consultants and the proceeds of any “key man” life insurance policies; provided, further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from members of management in connection with such repurchase of Equity Interests will not be deemed to be a Restricted Payment; 

(6)    the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or
similar rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options, warrants or similar rights; 

(7)    cash payments in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of stock
options, warrants or similar rights; 
 (8)    the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or
accrued dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in
accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09 hereof; 

(9)    purchases of fractional Equity Interests of the Company, (x) for aggregate consideration not to
exceed $1.0 million since the date of this Indenture or (y) arising out of a consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that is
permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (10)    payments or distributions in an amount
determined by judgment or settlement approved by a court of competent jurisdiction, solely in the nature of satisfaction of dissenting stockholder rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies
with Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (11)    any payments made in connection with the transactions that are
described in the Offering Memorandum, regardless of whether such payments are made on the date of this Indenture or thereafter; 

(12)    the payment from time to time of amounts under the terms of the Affiliate Agreements to the extent
such payment could be construed to be a Restricted Payment; 
 (13)    upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control and within 60 days after completion of the offer to purchase pursuant to the repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control covenant in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or
redemption of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee, or Disqualified Stock of the Company that is required to be repurchased or redeemed
pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of a Change of Control, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon); 

  
 -64- 

 (14)    the declaration and payment of dividends or
distributions to, or repurchase or redemption of shares from, the equity holders of the Company in an amount not to exceed; in any fiscal year the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 6.0% of Market Capitalization; 

(15)    distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of
Securitization Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; 

(16)    so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted
Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million since the date of this Indenture; and 

(17)    so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would be caused thereby, any Restricted
Payments (in addition to Restricted Payments under the above clauses (1) through (16)), so long as, after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment, the Total Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 3.00 to 1.00.

 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by
this Section 4.07 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued
by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $50.0 million. 

Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1)    pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2)    make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3)    transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -65- 

 (b)    The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1)    agreements governing Existing
Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those
contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 
 (2)    this Indenture, the Notes and the
Note Guarantees; 
 (3)    applicable law, rule, regulation or order (or other governmental approval,
license or permit); 
 (4)    any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted
by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (5)    customary
non-assignment provisions or subletting restrictions in leases, contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(6)    purchase money obligations and Indebtedness incurred to pay Open Account Obligations for property
acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that restrict the transfer of the property purchased or leased; 

(7)    any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary (including, without
limitation, the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the assets of that Restricted Subsidiary) that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition (which limitation, in the case of a sale or
disposition of all or substantially all assets, is applicable only to the property or assets that are the subject of such agreement); 

(8)    Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(9)    Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right
of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 

  
 -66- 

 (10)    provisions limiting the disposition or distribution
of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements, limited liability company organizational documents and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the
Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the property or assets that are the subject of such agreements; 

(11)    contracts with customers or leases with lessors entered into in the ordinary course of business
that impose restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents, marketable securities, or other deposits or net worth; 

(12)    agreements governing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (13) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrances and restrictions (x) will not cause the Company to not have the funds necessary to pay the principal of or interest on the notes and
(y) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than is customary in comparable financings; 

(13)    agreements governing Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and permitted
to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described in Section 4.09 hereof; provided that the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrances and restrictions (x) will not cause the Company to not have the funds
necessary to pay the principal of or interest on the Notes and (y) such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary
than those contained in the agreements covered by clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph; 

(14)    any instrument governing any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as in
effect on the date, if any, that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person, other than
such redesignated Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries (immediately prior to such redesignation) and their respective properties and assets; 

(15)    restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables
Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility; 

(16)    restrictions in effect on the Issue Date that are contained in charter documents or shareholder
agreements relating to any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (17)    agreements governing other Indebtedness
permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrances and restrictions (x) will not cause the Company to not have the funds necessary to pay the principal of or
interest on the notes and (y) such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary than those contained in the agreements
covered by clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph. 

  
 -67- 

 Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock. 
 (a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the
Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue
Disqualified Stock and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro
forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such
four-quarter period. 
 (b)    The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of
the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(1)    the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness and letters of credit
under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (x) $700.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture to repay
permanently any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay permanently any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding permanent commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof and
(y) the Borrowing Base; 
 (2)    the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
the Existing Indebtedness including, prior to the redemption of the Existing Notes pursuant to an irrevocable notice of redemption delivered on or prior to the Issue Date or the consummation of the cash tender offer for any and all of the
Company’s Existing Notes announced by the Company on August 17, 2017, the Existing Notes; 

(3)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by:

 (a)    Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, industrial revenue bonds and purchase money
obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of 

  
 -68- 

 
financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, development, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (3)(b) below), in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or
discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3)(a), not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding; and 

(b)    purchase money obligations and Indebtedness incurred to pay Open Account Obligations to finance the
purchase of inventory held for sale or lease (including rental equipment) in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease
or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3)(b), not to exceed $200.0 million at any time outstanding; 

(4)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under
Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (14), (17), (18) or (19) of this Section 4.09(b); 

(5)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness
between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 

(A)    if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company
or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 

(B)    (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness
being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be
deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (5); 

  
 -69- 

 (6)    the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 

(A)    any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock
being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(B)    any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (8)    the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu
with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 

(9)    Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance, or other
Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance; provided, however, that either upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such
Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence or self-insurance; 

(10)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of
workers’ compensation claims, health and other types of social security benefits, unemployment and other self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance, surety and bid bonds, cash management obligations and netting,
overdraft protection and other similar facilities or arrangements and completion guarantees in the ordinary course of business; 

(11)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from
the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(12)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from
agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any Restricted
Subsidiary, business, property or asset; 

  
 -70- 

 (13)    the incurrence by Foreign Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (13), not
to exceed $20.0 million (or the equivalent thereof, measured at the time of each incurrence, in applicable foreign currency); 

(14)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness to the extent
the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited in trust to defease the Notes or to satisfy and discharge this Indenture, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(15)    Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition, merger,
consolidation or amalgamation, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15); provided that on the date of such
acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation after giving pro forma effect thereto as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would either (A) be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (B) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, consolidation or
amalgamation; 
 (16)    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owed on a
short-term basis of not longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business with such banks or financial institutions in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of
the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (17)    Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization
Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or arising under any Receivables Facility; 

(18)    Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors related to the Notes and the related guarantees of
the Notes, respectively (in each case, other than Additional Notes); and 
 (19)    the incurrence by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (19), not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of
incurrence thereof. 

  
 -71- 

 The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness
(including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the
applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being
unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (19) above, or is entitled to
be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities that is outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture
will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment
of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the
form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount
of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may
incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1)    the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue
discount; 
 (2)    the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 (3)    in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified
Person, the lesser of: 
 (A)    the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 (B)    the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

  
 -72- 

 Section 4.10    Asset Sales. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1)    the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of
the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2)    at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary is in the form of (i) cash or Cash Equivalents, (ii) Replacement Assets or (iii) any combination of the consideration specified in clauses (i) and (ii). For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be
deemed to be cash: 
 (A)    any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated
balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for
which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released in writing; 
 (B)    any securities,
notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days, to the extent of the cash or
Cash Equivalents received in that conversion; 
 (C)    any Designated
Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated
Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets
at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the
time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and 
 (D)    any stock or assets
of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the second succeeding paragraph of this Section 4.10. 
 The 75% limitation
referred to in clause (2) above will not apply to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the subclauses (A), (B), (C) and (D), is equal to or greater
than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. 

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale (provided, that if during such
365-day period the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance

  
 -73- 

 
with the requirements of clauses (2), (3) or (4) of this paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the
amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement)), the Company (or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds: 
 (1)    to repay Indebtedness
and other Obligations under a Credit Facility or any Indebtedness that is secured by the assets which are the subject of such Asset Sale and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with
respect thereto; 
 (2)    to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the
Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(3)    to make a capital expenditure or purchase construction or industrial equipment; 

(4)    to acquire Replacement Assets; or 

(5)    to repay Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness
owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily
reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 Any Net
Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as described above will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, within thirty days thereof, unless
waived or modified with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum
principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

  
 -74- 

 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 

(1)    the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, when taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable
to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(2)    the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with
clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(b)    The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the
provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1)    any employment agreement, employee benefit plan,
indemnification agreement or arrangement for directors, officers, employees, agents and consultants, stock option, stock repurchase agreement, consulting agreement, severance agreement, insurance plan or any similar agreement, plan or arrangement
entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto; 

(2)    transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3)    transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an
Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 

  
 -75- 

 (4)    payment of reasonable directors’ fees;
provided that the aggregate fees paid or payable in any calendar year to any director who is an Affiliate of the Company in a capacity other than as a director of the Company shall not be greater than the aggregate fees paid or payable in
such year to any other director who is not otherwise an Affiliate of the Company; 
 (5)    any issuance
of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates, directors, officers or employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or to holders of Equity Interests in the Company; 

(6)    Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof; 

(7)    customary loans and advances paid to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (8)    transactions pursuant to the Affiliate Agreements as all
were in effect on the date of this Indenture or as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not materially less favorable to the Company or the Holders of Notes
than the applicable Affiliate Agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture; 

(9)     transactions with Affiliates that are customers, suppliers, contractors, joint venture
partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case which are in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, and which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
applicable, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, or are on terms that, taken as a whole, are materially not less
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such transaction is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a
comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate; 

(10)    transactions permitted under Section 5.01 hereof; 

(11)    transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an
Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Company; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director on any matter involving such
other Person; 
 (12)    any customary transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a
Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and any disposition of Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing and any repurchase of Securitization Assets pursuant to a
Securitization Repurchase Obligation; and 

  
 -76- 

 (13)    transactions with any Person solely in its capacity
as a holder of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if such transaction provides for equal treatment of such Person and all other holders, in their capacity as holders, of the same series of such
Indebtedness or of the same class of such Capital Stock. 
 Section 4.12    Liens. 

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the
obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. The foregoing shall not apply to: 

(1)    Liens to secure additional Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09;
provided that, in the case of this clause (1), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.00; and 

(2)    Permitted Liens. 

Section 4.13    Business Activities. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except
to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

Section 4.14    Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article V hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 

(1)    its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its
Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 

(2)    the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the
preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 -77- 

 Section 4.15    Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of
Control. 
 (a)    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), subject to the rights of Holders
of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send a notice to each
Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 

(1)    that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes
properly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 
 (2)    the purchase price and the
Change of Control Payment Date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent; 

(3)    that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(4)    that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes
accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5)    that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be
required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close
of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6)    that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name
of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 

(7)    that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof. 

  
 -78- 

 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a
Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be
deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. 

(b)    On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

(1)    accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer; 
 (2)    deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment
in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3)    deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee
will promptly authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new note will be in a
principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof. Any notes so accepted for payment will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of
Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (c)    Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof,
unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price, or (3) the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 are waived or modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
Notes then outstanding. 
 Section 4.16    Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided
that the Company or any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if: 
 (1)    the
Company or that Guarantor, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.09(a) hereof
and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; 

  
 -79- 

 (2)    the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback
transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, which if greater than $50.0 million will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of
the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and 
 (3)    the transfer of
assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. 

Section 4.17    Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

Section 4.18    Additional Note Guarantees. 

If the Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, then that
newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel within 30 days of the date on which it was acquired or created; provided that any Domestic Subsidiary
that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary or Securitization Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary or Securitization Subsidiary. The form of such supplemental indenture is attached as
Exhibit F hereto. 
 Section 4.19    Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not
cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted
will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as
determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company
may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 

  
 -80- 

 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to
the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was
permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture
and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company
will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary by delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate setting forth such
designation; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be
permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default would be in
existence following such designation. 
 Section 4.20    Covenant Suspension. 

If, on any date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is
continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”) then, beginning on that day and
continuing at all times thereafter until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the restrictions described in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 5.01(4) shall no longer be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “Suspended
Covenants”). 
 In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under
this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned
to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Covenant
Suspension Event and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” 
 On
each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued, during the preceding Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2). Calculations made after
the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments in Section 4.07 will be made as though the covenant described in Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, and during, the Suspension

  
 -81- 

 
Period. As described above, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries
during the Suspension Period. On and after each Reversion Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be permitted to consummate the transactions contemplated by any contract entered into during the Suspension Period so long as such contract and
such consummation would have been permitted during such Suspension Period. 
 For purposes of Section 4.08, on the Reversion Date, any
consensual encumbrances or restrictions of the type specified in Section 4.08(a)(1), (2) or (3) entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect on the date of this Indenture, so that they are permitted
under Section 4.08(b)(1). 
 For purposes of Section 4.10, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be
reset to zero. 
 For purposes Section 4.11, any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to a contract,
agreement, loan, advance or guaranty with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect as of the date of this Indenture for purposes of Section 4.11(b)(8).

 During a Suspension Period, the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee notifying the Trustee of the commencement of any Suspension Period or
the occurrence of any Reversion Date promptly after such commencement or occurrence, as the case may be, and the Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor or determine whether a Suspension Period or a Reversion Date has occurred or exists. 

ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the
surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to
another Person, unless: 
 (1)    either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or
(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws
of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 

  
 -82- 

 (2)    the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration
Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (3)    immediately
after such transaction, no Default exists; and 
 (4)    the Company or the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (A) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a) hereof or (B) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition. 

In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. 
 This Section 5.01 will not apply
to: 
 (1)    a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the
Company in another jurisdiction; or 
 (2)    any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Section 5.02    Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect
as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all
of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 

  
 -83- 

 ARTICLE VI 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01    Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1)    default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, with
respect to, the Notes; 
 (2)    default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or
otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; 
 (3)    failure by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof; 

(4)    failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company
by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture; 

(5)    default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 

(A)    is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B)    results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more; 

(6)    failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a
court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 

  
 -84- 

 (7)    except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note
Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms
its obligations under its Note Guarantee; 
 (8)    the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning
of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A)    commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(B)    consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it
of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 

(C)    consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other
similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 
 (D)    makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
 (E)    generally is not paying its debts as they
become due; 
 (9)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that: 
 (A)    is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the
Company, any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any such group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (B)    appoints a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest
audited consolidated financial statements for the Company), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

  
 -85- 

 (C)    orders the liquidation of the Company, any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

Section 6.02    Acceleration. 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If
an Event of Default arises pursuant to clause (5) of Section 6.01 hereof, such Event of Default shall cease to exist if, at any time prior to the acceleration of the Notes, (x) the Company cures the underlying Payment Default or the
holders of the applicable Indebtedness waive the underlying Payment Default or rescind the acceleration of such Indebtedness, in each case in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indebtedness and (y) the cure, waiver or rescission does
not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 
 Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and
payable immediately. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may,
on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, or
the principal of, the Notes. 
 Section 6.03    Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The
Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of
Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 -86- 

 Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on,
the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any
related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

Section 6.05    Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines in its sole
discretion may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits. 

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(1)    such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2)    Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written
request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3)    such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested,
provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 

(4)    the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the
offer of security and/or indemnity; and 
 (5)    during such
60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note. 

  
 -87- 

 Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment.

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by
a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 -88- 

 Section 6.10    Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if
any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any and interest, respectively; and 

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a
Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE VII 
 TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee. 

(a)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1)    the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and
the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

  
 -89- 

 (2)    in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee
may conclusively rely, without investigation, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, but
need not verify the contents thereof. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required hereunder to be furnished to it the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the
requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or
its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1)    this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2)    the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3)    the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof. 
 (d)    Whether or not
therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.02. 

(e)    No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability
or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (f)    The Trustee will not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee. 

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

  
 -90- 

 (b)    Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 
 (c)    The Trustee may act through its attorneys, accountants, experts and such other professionals
as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney, accountant, expert or other such professional appointed with due care. 

(d)    The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be
authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e)    Unless otherwise specifically
provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

(f)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, or consequential loss or
damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(g)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless (1) the Trustee has
received a notice of default from the Company in accordance with Section 4.04 hereof or (2) other written notice of any event which is in fact any Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest, or the cessation of such obligation, unless the Trustee receives written
notice thereof from the Company or any Holder. 
 (h)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits
given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed by the Trustee to
act hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue
as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. 

  
 -91- 

 Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections
7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 Section 7.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not
be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice thereof, the
Trustee will send to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on,
any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a)    Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for
so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will send to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve
months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also send all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

(b)    A copy of each report at the time it is sent to the Holders of Notes will be sent by the Trustee to the Company and
filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a)    The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture
and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company 

  
 -92- 

 
will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses
will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, attorneys, accountants, experts and other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate. 

(b)    The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee, and hold it harmless, against
any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with this Indenture and the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing
this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final
non-appealable order to have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee will notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate
counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c)    The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture. 
 (d)    To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e)    When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy
Law. 
 (f)    The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee. 

(a)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the
successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 

  
 -93- 

 (b)    The Trustee may resign in writing at any time on thirty
(30) days’ prior written notice and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee on thirty
(30) days’ prior written notice by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2)    the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to
the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3)    a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee
or its property; or 
 (4)    the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c)    If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company
will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor
Trustee appointed by the Company. 
 (d)    If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee at the expense of the Company, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for
the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e)    If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a
Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f)    A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the
Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will send a notice of its
succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07 hereof. 
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations
under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

  
 -94- 

 Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least
$100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 

Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE VIII 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01    Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate
delivered to the Trustee, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 

Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute 

  
 -95- 

 
proper instruments acknowledging the same in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: 
 (1)    the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect
of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 

(2)    the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article II and Section 4.02
hereof; 
 (3)    the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4)    this Article
VIII. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17,
4.18 and 4.19 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant
Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such
covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with
respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly,
by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of
Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

  
 -96- 

 Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1)    the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders,
cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the
stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 

(2)    in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal
income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3)    in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts,
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4)    no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5)    such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result
in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

(6)    the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was
not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and 

  
 -97- 

 (7)    the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

Section 8.05    Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (other than the Company) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver
or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 8.06    Repayment to Company. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or
Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then
held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the direction

  
 -98- 

 
and expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after
a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Section 8.07    Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government
Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s
and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying
Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest
on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE IX 
 AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01    Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the
Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Notes: 
 (1)    to cure any ambiguity,
omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
 (2)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to
or in place of certificated Notes; 
 (3)    to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a
Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article V or Article X hereof; 

(4)    to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes
(including the addition of collateral to secure the Notes) or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any such Holder; 

(5)    to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this
Indenture under the TIA; 

  
 -99- 

 (6)    to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note
Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum; 

(7)    to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this
Indenture as of the date hereof; 
 (8)    to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture
and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; or 
 (9)    to evidence and provide for the
acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 Upon the request
of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will
join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained,
but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional
Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or
Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or
compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional
Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be
“outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board
of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee
of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the
Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

  
 -100- 

 It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will deliver to the Holders of Notes
affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company
with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1)    reduce the principal amount of Notes
whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2)    reduce the principal of or
change the fixed maturity of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price thereof as described in Section 3.07 (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15
hereof); 
 (3)    reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(4)    waive a Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if
any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(5)    make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(6)    make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the
rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 

(7)    waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09,
4.10 or 4.15 hereof); 
 (8)    release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 

  
 -101- 

 (9)    make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver
provisions. 
 Section 9.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the
TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture,
the Trustee will be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE X 

NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01    Guarantee. 

(a)    Subject to this Article X, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each
Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the 

  
 -102- 

 
Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder,
that: 
 (1)    the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes
will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or
the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 

(2)    in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and
severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b)    The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the
Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims
with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c)    If any Holder or the
Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the
Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 

(d)    Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in
respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the
maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing

  
 -103- 

 
such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such
obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 

Section 10.02    Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 10.03    Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its
Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this
Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set
forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or
acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof and this Article X, to the extent
applicable. 

  
 -104- 

 Section 10.04    Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain
Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(1)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(2)    either: 

(a)    subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or
disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein,
pursuant to a supplemental indenture; or 
 (b)    such sale or other disposition is permitted under this
Indenture and the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 

The foregoing requirements of this paragraph shall not apply to a reincorporation of a Guarantor if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors
of the Guarantor, whose determination shall be evidenced by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of incorporation of such Guarantor and any such transaction shall not have as
one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations. 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the
assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be
performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note
Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or
in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor. 

  
 -105- 

 Section 10.05    Releases. 

(a)    In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of
merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary) or
the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that such
sale or other disposition does not violate Section 3.09 hereof or Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition
does not violate Section 3.09 hereof or Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from
its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (b)    Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

(c)    Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article VIII hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in
accordance with Article XI hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

(d)    Upon such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. Upon request, the Trustee shall execute an instrument evidencing the release of such Guarantor (in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee). 
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this
Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article X. 

  
 -106- 

 ARTICLE XI 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01    Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(1) either: 

(a)    all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been
replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(b)    all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable
by reason of the delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for
the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in
amounts as will be sufficient (in the case that non-callable Government Securities have been deposited, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public
accountants), without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest
to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (2)    no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any
other instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 

(3)    the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this
Indenture; and 
 (4)    the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In
addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 

  
 -107- 

 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those
provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

Section 11.02    Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held
in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with
Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional
Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE XII 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01    Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

 Section 12.02    Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

H&E Equipment Services, Inc. 

7500 Pecue Lane 
 Baton Rouge,
LA 70809 
 Facsimile No.: (225) 298-5382 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 -108- 

 With a copy to: 

Dechert LLP 
 1095 Avenue of
the Americas 
 New York, NY 10036 

Facsimile No.: (212) 698-3599 

Attention: Richard Goldberg, Esq. 

If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank
of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 10161 Centurion Parkway North 

Jacksonville, FL 32256 

Facsimile No.: (904) 645-1921 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if
sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in
TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same
time. 

  
 -109- 

 Section 12.03    Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders
of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c). 

Section 12.04    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee: 
 (1)    an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
satisfied; and 
 (2)    an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 12.05    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and must include: 

(1)    a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 (2)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the
statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3)    a statement that, in
the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(4)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been
satisfied; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or a certificate of a public official. 

  
 -110- 

 Section 12.06    Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07    No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
Employees and Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor,
as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

Section 12.08    Governing Law. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

Section 12.09    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 12.10    Successors. 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof. 

Section 12.11    Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

  
 -111- 

 Section 12.12    Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. 
 Section 12.13    Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 12.14    Waiver of Jury Trial. 

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE HOLDERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,
ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 12.15    Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of
or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, and nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, it being
understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 12.16    Electronic Delivery. 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such
instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the
Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such
instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions
conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk
of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception 

  
 -112- 

 
and/or misuse by third parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event or any other communication
(including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the
Depositary or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices at the Depositary. 

Section 12.17    Submission to Jurisdiction. 

The Company and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State court sitting in the Borough of
Manhattan in the City of New York or any federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, and
irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. 

Section 12.18    Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA). 

In order to comply with applicable tax laws, rules and regulations (inclusive of directives, guidelines and interpretations promulgated by
competent authorities) in effect from time to time (“Applicable Law”) the Company agrees (i) to provide to the Trustee sufficient information about Holders or other applicable parties and/or transactions (including any
modification to the terms of such transactions) so the Trustee can determine whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Law, (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under the
Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law for which the Trustee shall not have any liability, and (iii) to hold harmless the Trustee for any losses it may suffer due to the actions it takes to comply with such Applicable
Law. The terms of this section shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 -113- 

 SIGNATURES 

Dated as of August 24, 2017 
  

			
	H&E Equipment Services, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	GNE Investments, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	Great Northern Equipment, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	H&E California Holding, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	H&E Equipment Services (California), LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	H&E Finance Corp.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	H&E Equipment Services (Mid-Atlantic), Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

			
	The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Karen Yu
		 	Name: Karen Yu
		 	Title: Vice President

  
 -115- 

 EXHIBIT A 

FORM OF NOTE 
 [Face of Note] 

 

					
		 		 	CUSIP/ISIN1                     
			
		 	5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025	 	
			
	No.     	 		 	$        

 H&E EQUIPMENT SERVICES, INC. 

promises to pay to                      or
registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of  

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
      DOLLARS 
 on September 1, 2025. 

Interest Payment Dates: March 1 and September 1 
 Record
Dates: February 15 and August 15 
 Dated: August 24, 2017 

 

			
	H&E EQUIPMENT SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	                                     
                                         
                 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	                                     
                                         
                 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
  

	1 	144A CUSIP: 404030 AFS/ 144A ISIN: US404030AF50 

 RegS CUSIP: U2443L AD3/ RegS ISIN:
USU2443LAD39 

  
 A-1 

			
	This is one of the Notes referred to
	in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
	    as Trustee
		
	By:	 	                                     
                                         
           
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: August 24, 2017 

  
 A-2 

 [Back of Note] 

5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below
unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1)    Interest. H&E Equipment Services, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 5.6250% per annum from August 24, 20172, until maturity and shall pay the
Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 6 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of
each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be March 1, 20183. The Company
will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

(2)    Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and
Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 15 or August 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and
on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the office or
agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses
set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all
other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions 
  

	2 	With respect to Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

	3 	 With respect to Notes issued on the Issue Date.

  
 A-3 

 
to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts. 
 (3)    Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

(4)    Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 24, 2017
(the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

(5)    Optional Redemption. 

(a)    Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes will not be redeemable
at the Company’s option prior to September 1, 2020. On or after September 1, 2020, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of
the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2020
	  	 	104.2188	% 
	 2021
	  	 	102.8125	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.4063	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.0000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on and after the applicable redemption date. 

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to
September 1, 2020, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 105.6250% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date with the net cash proceeds of 

  
 A-4 

 
one or more Equity Offerings of the Company; provided that (1) at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by
the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption, and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(c)    Any redemption or notice of any redemption with the proceeds of an Equity Offering pursuant to the
prior paragraph may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of such Equity Offering and may be given prior to the completion thereof. 

(d)    At any time prior to September 1, 2020, the Company may redeem all or a part of the notes upon
notice as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but
excluding the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(6)    Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(7)    Repurchase at the Option of Holder. 

(a)    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of
Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the
Indenture. 
 (b)    If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset
Sales, within twenty days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, unless waived or modified with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to
purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) in accordance with Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and 

  
 A-5 

 
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain after the
consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset
Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive
an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

(8)    Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be sent at least 30 days but not more than 60
days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance
of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 

(9)    Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the
period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 (10)    Persons Deemed
Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

(11)    Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes
or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single
class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and any existing Default or Event or Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including,

  
 A-6 

 
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes
or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a
Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article V or Article X of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to
the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to
conform the text of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated August 17, 2017, relating to the initial offering of the Notes,
to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with
the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, or to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the
Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of the Indenture. 
 (12)    Defaults
and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or
otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in
the Indenture; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the
payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the
Indenture, if that default: (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a
“Payment Default”); or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered
by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a
Significant Subsidiary is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable 

  
 A-7 

 
or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note
Guarantee; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on it. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice of Default or Event of Default if and so long as a
committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the
Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest or premium or Additional Interest, if
any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Indenture requires the Company to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee
a statement specifying such Default. 
 (13)    Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee or its
affiliates, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(14)    No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of
the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

(15)    Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of
the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16)    Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be
used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform
Gifts to Minors Act). 

  
 A-8 

 (17)    Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global
Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of August 24, 2017, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will
have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes
(collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
 (18)    CUSIP Numbers.
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

(19)    GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE
THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. The Company will furnish to any
Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 Requests may be made to: 

H&E Equipment Services, Inc. 
 7500 Pecue Lane 

Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70809 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer

  
 A-9 

 Assignment Form 
  

			
	    To assign this Note, fill in the form below:	  	
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	
		
		  	  
 (Insert assignee’s legal
name)

							
			
		 	  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	  	

							
			
		 	  
 (Print
or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	  	

			
	
	and irrevocably
appoint                                        
                                         
                                         
                                    
	
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
	
	Date:                     

  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

                       
                     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 

 

			
	Signature Guarantee4:	 	                                      
                 

  
  

	4 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-10 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

☐  Section 4.10            ☐  Section 4.15 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

                       
                                         
            $         
 Date:
                                         
                                         
       
  

					
		 	Your Signature:	 	                                     
                                         
                                   

					
	
	                                    
                                         
       (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

					
			
		 	Tax Identification No.:	 	                                     
                                         
                      

 Signature Guarantee5:
                                         
                        
  

 

	5 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-11 

 Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note6 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount
 of

this Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase

in Principal Amount
 of

this Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount of this

Global Note following
 such
decrease
 (or increase)
	 	 Signature of

authorized officer
 of Trustee or

Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

	6 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-12 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 H&E
Equipment Services, Inc. 
 7500 Pecue Lane 
 Baton Rouge, LA
70809 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

10161 Centurion Parkway North 
 Jacksonville, FL 32256 

    Re: 5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2017 (the “Indenture”), among H&E Equipment
Services, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $        in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In
connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.    ☐  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or
a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the
Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or
more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of
Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

2.    ☐  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that
(i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably

  
 B-1 

 
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and
neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or
Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of B-1 the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or
the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.    ☐  Check and
complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 

(a)    ☐  such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act; or 
 (b)    ☐  such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a
subsidiary thereof; or 
 (c)    ☐  such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; or 

(d)    ☐  such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the
meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed,
which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000,
an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 B-2 

 4.    ☐  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

(a)    ☐  Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement B-2 Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive
Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)    ☐  Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)    ☐  Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other
Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

Dated:                     

  
 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

							
	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
	
	[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
			
		 	(a)	 	☐  a beneficial interest in the:
				
		 		 	(i)	  	☐  144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
				
		 		 	(ii)	  	☐  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
				
		 		 	(iii)	  	☐  IAI Global Note (CUSIP                     ); or
			
		 	(b)	 	☐  a Restricted Definitive Note.
		
	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
	
	[CHECK ONE]
			
		 	(a)	 	☐  a beneficial interest in the:
				
		 		 	(i)	  	☐  144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
				
		 		 	(ii)	  	☐  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
				
		 		 	(iii)	  	☐  IAI Global Note (CUSIP                     ); or
				
		 		 	(iv)	  	☐  Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                     ); or
			
		 	(b)	 	☐  a Restricted Definitive Note; or
			
		 	(c)	 	☐  an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
		
		 	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

  
 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 H&E
Equipment Services, Inc. 
 7500 Pecue Lane 
 Baton Rouge, LA
70809 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

10161 Centurion Parkway North 
 Jacksonville, FL 32256 

    Re: 5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 

(CUSIP                     ) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2017 (the “Indenture”), among H&E Equipment
Services, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $        in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1.    Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 

(a)    ☐  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and
in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(b)    ☐  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the
Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1 

 (c)    ☐  Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive
Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial
interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(d)    ☐  Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In
connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States. 
 2.    Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 

(a)    ☐  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note
is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b)    ☐  Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ☐  144A Global Note, ☐  Regulation S Global Note, ☐  IAI
Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities 

  
 C-2 

 
Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

Dated:                     

  
 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

H&E Equipment Services, Inc. 
 7500 Pecue Lane 

Baton Rouge, LA 70809 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. 
 10161 Centurion Parkway North 
 Jacksonville,
FL 32256 
 Re: 5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2017 (the “Indenture”), among H&E Equipment
Services, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $         aggregate principal
amount of: 
 (a)    ☐  a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b)    ☐  a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 

1.    We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain
restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2.    We understand that
the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any
accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to
a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and
to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under 

  
 D-1 

 
the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we
further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that
resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
 3.    We understand that, on any proposed resale of
the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies D-1 with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

4.    We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are
acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5.    We are acquiring the
Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of August 24, 2017 (the “Indenture”) among H&E Equipment Services, Inc. (the “Company”), the
Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes,
whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and
the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

 

			
	[Name of Guarantor(s)]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , 20    , among                     
(the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of H&E Equipment Services, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture
referred to herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS,
the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of August 24, 2017 providing for the issuance of 5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note
Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1.    Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture. 
 2.    Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article X thereof. 

4.    No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder
or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver
may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 

  
 F-1 

 5.    NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

6.    Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 7.    Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy
shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 8.    Effect of Headings. The
Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 9.    The
Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely
by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:             ,
20     
  

			
	[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[Company]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[Existing Guarantors]

  
 F-2 

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[Trustee], as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 F-3EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

EXECUTION VERSION 

$750,000,000 
 H&E
EQUIPMENT SERVICES, INC. 
 5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

August 24, 2017 
 Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 550 South Tryon Street, 6th Floor 

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202 
 Dear Sirs: 

H&E Equipment Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), proposes to issue and sell to
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “Initial Purchaser”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated as of August 17, 2017 (the “Purchase Agreement”),
$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.6250% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Initial Securities”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by GNE Investments, Inc., Great
Northern Equipment, Inc., H&E California Holding, Inc., H&E Equipment Services (California), LLC, H&E Equipment Services (Mid-Atlantic), Inc. and H&E Finance Corp. (the
“Guarantors” and together with the Issuer, the “Company”). The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2017, (the
“Indenture”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchaser, the
Company agrees with the Initial Purchaser, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchaser), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined
below) (collectively the “Holders”), as follows: 
 1.    Registered Exchange
Offer. The Company shall, at its own cost, prepare and use all commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) not later than 180 days after (or if the
180th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) the date of original issue of the Initial Securities (the “Issue Date”) a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered
Exchange Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and
deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all
material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act.
The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 270 days (or if the 270th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter)
after the Issue Date of the Initial Securities and shall keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed
to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”). 
 If the Company
effects the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to issue on or prior to 30 business days, or longer, if required by the federal securities laws, after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement was declared effective by the Commission, Exchange Securities and related guarantees thereof in exchange for all Initial Securities and related Guarantees tendered prior thereto in the Registered Exchange Offer; provided that the Company
has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer. 

 Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the
Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) electing to exchange the Initial
Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and has no arrangements
with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their
receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. 

The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in
the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange
Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer
Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by
such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to
deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale. 

The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and
supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with
such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or the Initial Purchaser, such period
shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchaser have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company
shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered
Exchange Offer. 
 If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as
part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to the Initial Purchaser upon the written request of the Initial Purchaser,
in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by the Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material
respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the
Initial Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the
“Securities.” 

  
 -2- 

 In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall: 

(a)    mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 

(b)    keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required
by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders; 
 (c)    utilize the services
of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee; 

(d)    permit Holders to withdraw tendered Initial Securities at any time prior to the close of business,
New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; 

(e)    otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws; and 

(f)    as soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as
the case may be, the Company shall: 
 (i)    accept for exchange all the Initial Securities validly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange; 

(ii)    deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 (iii)    cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial
Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 

The Indenture provides that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all
the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter. 

Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange
will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial
Securities. 
 Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of
the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder has no and will have no arrangements or understanding with any
person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or
if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend
to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 

  
 -3- 

 Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

2.    Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, (ii) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or
(iii) any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Issuer prior to the 20th business day following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer that (x) it is
prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, (y) it may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the
prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales, or (z) it is a broker-dealer and owns notes acquired directly from the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer, the Company shall
take the following actions: 
 (a)    The Company shall prepare and, at its cost, shall use all
commercially reasonable efforts to file, on or prior to 90 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2, with the Commission, and thereafter shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective
(unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) within 270 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2, a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together
with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in
Section 6 hereof) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf
Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than the Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by
all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder. 
 (b)    The Company shall use all
commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of one year (or for
such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (i) have been sold pursuant thereto or
(ii) are no longer outstanding or restricted securities (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof). The Company shall be deemed not to have used all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless such action is
required by applicable law. 

  
 -4- 

 (c)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement
to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, to comply in all
material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

3.    Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and,
to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply: 

(a)    The Company shall (i) furnish to the Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the
Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that the Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the
original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Initial
Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in
Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested in writing by the Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in
the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to
the Initial Purchaser, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as
defined in Rule 13d–3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a
“Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchaser
based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the
prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to
Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling securityholders. 

(b)    The Company shall give written notice to the Initial Purchaser, the Holders of the Securities and
any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)–(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an
instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made): 

(i)    when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when
the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 

  
 -5- 

 (ii)    of any request by the Commission for amendments or
supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information; 

(iii)    of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any
event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405; 

(iv)    of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the
suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 

(v)    of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration
Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
(in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 

(c)    The Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible
time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. 
 (d)    The Company
shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial
statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchaser, make any offer relating to the
Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405. 

(e)    The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and the Initial Purchaser, and to any other
Holder who so requests in writing, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Initial Purchaser or any such
Holder requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference). 

(f)    The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities
included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may
reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of
the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 

  
 -6- 

 (g)    The Company shall deliver to the Initial Purchaser,
any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the
Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the
prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 

(h)    Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company
shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue
sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities
covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it
to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 

(i)    The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation
and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time
prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. 
 (j)    Upon the occurrence
of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not
contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company
notifies the Initial Purchaser, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes
to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchaser, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided
for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when
the Initial Purchaser, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). During the period during which the Company is required to
maintain an effective Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will, prior to the three-year expiration of that Shelf Registration Statement, file and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared
effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) within a period that avoids any interruption in the ability of Holders of Securities covered by the expiring Shelf Registration Statement to make registered dispositions, a new
registration statement relating to the Securities, which shall be deemed the “Shelf Registration Statement” for purposes of this Agreement. 

  
 -7- 

 (k)    Not later than the effective date of the applicable
Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Initial
Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. 

(l)    The Company will comply in all material respects with all rules and regulations of the Commission to
the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an
earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with
the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period. 

(m)    The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new
trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture. 
 (n)    The Company may
require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require
for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 

(o)    The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting
agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in writing in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration. 

(p)    In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for
inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter
all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably
requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable
investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchaser by you and on behalf of the other parties,
by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof; provided further, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of
delivery of such information shall be kept confidential and not disclosed by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant 

  
 -8- 

 
or other agent, unless disclosure is required pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction or required by law, or such information is available to the public generally or through a
third party without any breach of an accompanying obligation of confidentiality. 
 (q)    In the case of
any Shelf Registration, the Company, if reasonably requested in writing by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to
such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C to the Purchase Agreement as well as
appropriate local counsel opinions as reasonably requested by such Holders, with such changes as are customary in the preparation of an opinion for a Shelf Registration Statement and such changes that such Holders may reasonably request in writing;
(ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public
accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary
form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing
Standards No. 72. 
 (r)    In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if reasonably requested in
writing by the Initial Purchaser or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the Company shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver to the Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the form set forth in
Section 7(c) of the Purchase Agreement with such changes as are customary in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement and (ii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any
other entity for which financial information is provided in the Registration Statement to deliver to the Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in customary form, meeting the requirements as to the substance thereof
as set forth in Section 7(a) of the Purchase Agreement, with appropriate date changes. 
 (s)    If
a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private
Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange
Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 

(t)    The Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have
been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by
a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested in writing by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if
any. 
 (u)    In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any
Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Rules”) of the

  
 -9- 

 
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer
in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 5121, shall so require, engaging a
“qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion
of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to
the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules. 

(v)    The Company shall use its best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration
of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby. 
 4.    Registration Expenses. The
Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof (including the reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP,
counsel for the Initial Purchaser, incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer), whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear
or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for
the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith. 
 5.    Indemnification. (a) The Company
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act
(each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or
prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“Issuer FWP”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise
out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case
to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement
thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically
for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this
subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Securities concerned, to the extent that a prospectus
relating to such Securities was required to be 

  
 -10- 

 
delivered (including through satisfaction of the conditions of Commission Rule 172) by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any
such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there was not conveyed to such person, at or prior to the time of the sale of such Securities to such person, an amended or supplemented
prospectus or, if permitted by Section 3(d), an Issuer FWP correcting such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating
Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors
and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders. 

(b)    Each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of
its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the
Company or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of
or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth
immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company and each of its directors, officers and controlling persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its
directors, officers or controlling persons. 
 (c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5,
notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that
it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an
indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to
participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the
consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without
the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought

  
 -11- 

 
hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of
such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 

(d)    If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the
exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative
benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the
parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the
first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection
(d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the
Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any,
who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. 
 (e)    The agreements
contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or
on behalf of any indemnified party. 
 6.    Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Additional
interest (the “Additional Interest”) with respect to the Initial Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (vi) below a
“Registration Default”): 
 (i)    If by February 20, 2018, the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been filed with the Commission; 
 (ii)    If by
May 21, 2018, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission; 

(iii)    If by May 21, 2018, the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated; 

  
 -12- 

 (iv)    If the Company is obligated to use all commercially
reasonable efforts to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 hereof and the Company fails to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to the
90th day after such filing obligation arises; 

(v)    If the Company is obligated to use all commercially reasonable efforts to file a Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to Section 2 hereof and the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 270th day after the obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement arises; or 

(vi)    If after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is
declared (or becomes automatically) effective (A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B) such Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b)) in
connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement
or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, or (3) such Registration Statement is a Shelf Registration Statement that has expired before a replacement Shelf
Registration Statement has become effective. 
 With respect to the first 90-day period immediately
following the occurrence of the first Registration Default, Additional Interest shall accrue on the Initial Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum. The Additional Interest rate will increase by an additional 25 basis points with respect to each
subsequent 90-day period to but excluding the date that such Registration default shall have been cured (or in the case of a Registration Default relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, the date the
Company’s obligation to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective shall have ceased under Section 2(b) hereof), up to a maximum rate of Additional Interest for all Registration Defaults equal to 1.0% per annum. So long as a
Registration Default shall occur and be continuing, Additional Interest will accrue and be payable with respect to the aggregate principal amount of all Transfer Restricted Securities then outstanding as well as all other notes then outstanding that
bear the same CUSIP number as the Transfer Restricted Notes, if any. Additional Interest may not accrue pursuant to more than one clause of subsection (a) at any one time. Following the cure of a Registration Default, the accrual of Additional
Interest will cease with respect to that Registration Default. Such Additional Interest shall be the Holders’ sole monetary remedy under this Agreement with respect to any Registration Default, it being understood that Holders may pursue
remedies in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing does not limit the Holders’ rights set forth in Sections 4 and 5 hereof. The parties hereto acknowledge that there may be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform
any of its obligations set forth in Sections 1 through 3 hereof and that the Initial Purchaser and the Holders may be irreparably harmed by any such failure. 

(b)    A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(vi)(B) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be
continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to
incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material
events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement
such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that 

  
 -13- 

 
in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such
Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured. 
 (c)    Any amounts of Additional Interest due
pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Initial Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the
applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Initial Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of
a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360. 

(d)    “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such
Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer
of an Initial Security for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, (iii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Initial Security is
distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. 

(e)    The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating Additional Interest or determining or monitoring when it is due. 

7.    Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to file the reports required to
be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other
information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required
from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will
provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchaser upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a
written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act. 

8.    Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration
are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be selected by the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering. 
 No person may participate in any
underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve
such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

  
 -14- 

 9.    Miscellaneous. 

(a)    Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and
waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement,
waiver or consents. 
 (b)    Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery: 

(1)    if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company.

 (2)    if to the Initial Purchaser: 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC 

550 South Tryon Street, 6th Floor 

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202 

Attention: Legal Department 

with a copy to: 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP 

80 Pine Street 
 New York, NY
10005 
 Fax No.: (212) 378-2549 

Attention: Michael Ohler, Esq. 

(3)     if to the Company, at its address as follows: 

H&E Equipment Services, Inc. 

7500 Pecue Lane 
 Baton Rouge,
LA 70809 
 Fax No.: (225) 298-5382 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

with a copy to: 

Dechert LLP 
 1095 Avenue of
the Americas 
 New York, NY 10036 

Facsimile No.: (212) 698-3599 

Attention: Richard Goldberg, Esq. 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three
business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery. 

  
 -15- 

 (c)    No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date
hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 

(d)    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 (e)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(f)    Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or
otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (g)    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. 

(h)    Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any
circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 

(i)    Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of
principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such
Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 

(j)    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
Company, in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws. To the extent that
the Company may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its
property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law. 

  
 -16- 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to the Issuer a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchaser, the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	H&E EQUIPMENT SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Engquist
		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	GNE INVESTMENTS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John M. Engquist

		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	GREAT NORTHERN EQUIPMENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John M. Engquist 

		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	H&E CALIFORNIA HOLDING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John M. Engquist

		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	H&E EQUIPMENT SERVICES (CALIFORNIA), LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John M. Engquist

		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	H&E EQUIPMENT SERVICES (MID-ATLANTIC), INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John M. Engquist

		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

  
 [Registration Rights
Agreement] 

			
	H&E FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John M. Engquist

		 	Name: John M. Engquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

  
 [Registration Rights
Agreement] 

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first
above written. 
  

			
	WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Scott Yarbrough
		 	Name: Scott Yarbrough
		 	Title: Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 [Registration Rights
Agreement] 

 ANNEX A 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for
Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined
herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” 

  
 A-1 

 ANNEX B 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Initial Securities were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

  
 B-1 

 ANNEX C 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
 Each
broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. In addition, until             , 2017, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.(1) 
 The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by
broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in
a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. 
 For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the
Registered Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers)
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. 
  

	(1)	In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus. 

  
 C-1 

 ANNEX D 

CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR
SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 
 Name: 

Address: 
 If the undersigned is not a
broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange
for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. 

  
 D-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00274-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00274-of-00352.parquet"}]]